annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 26401:9457656ded8b

(QCuser_data): Removed. (syms_of_xfns): Initialization of QCuser_data removed. (parse_image_spec): Don't handle :user-data specially. Allow unknown keys. Remove parameter ALLOW_OTHER_KEYS. (xbm_image_p, xbm_load, xpm_image_p, pbm_image_p, png_image_p) (tiff_image_p, jpeg_image_p, gif_image_p, gs_image_p): Call parse_image_spec accordingly.
author Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
date Wed, 10 Nov 1999 22:05:36 +0000
parents cac2b0da7b3a
children 8dbcefccbde4
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- define autoloads from other files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 ;; Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 ;; Maintainer: FSF
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6 ;; Keywords: internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8 ;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10 ;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12 ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13 ;; any later version.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15 ;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16 ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17 ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
18 ;; GNU General Public License for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
19
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20 ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
21 ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
22 ;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
23 ;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
24
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
25 ;;; **********************************************************************
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
26 ;;; You should never need to write autoloads by hand and put them here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
27 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
28 ;;; It is no longer necessary. Instead use autoload.el to maintain them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
29 ;;; for you. Just insert ";;;###autoload" before defuns or defmacros you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
30 ;;; want to be autoloaded, or other forms you want copied into loaddefs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
31 ;;; (defvars, key definitions, etc.). For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
32 ;;; ;;;###autoload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
33 ;;; (defun foobar () ....)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
34 ;;; ;;;###autoload (define-key global-map "f" 'foobar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
35 ;;; ;;;###autoload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
36 ;;; (defvar foobar-var nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
37 ;;; This is foobar-var's doc-string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
38 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39 ;;; Then do M-x update-file-autoloads on the file to update loaddefs.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 ;;;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41 ;;; You can also use M-x update-autoloads-from-directory to update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 ;;; autoloads in loaddefs.el for all .el files in the directory specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 ;;; **********************************************************************
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
44
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 ;;; Generated autoloads follow (made by autoload.el).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
46
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 ;;; To sort them, execute the following after narrowing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48 ;;; to a region starting just after the following formfeed (control-l)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
49 ;;; and ending just after the last formfeed in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
50
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
51 ;;;(sort-regexp-fields nil "\n*.*\n.*from \\(.*\\)[^ ]* " "\\1"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 ;;; (point-min) (point-max))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
56 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
59 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
60 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
61
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
62 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
63 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
65 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
66 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
67 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
68 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
69 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
70 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
71 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
72 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
73 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
74 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
75 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
76 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
77 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
78 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
80 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
81 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
82
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
83 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
84 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
85
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
86 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
87 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
88
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
89 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
90 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
91 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
92
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
93 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
94 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
95
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
96 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
97 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
98 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
99 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
100
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
102
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
103 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
104 ;;;;;; (14332 44838))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
108 Add a new set of extensions to the ones recognized by ada-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
109 The addition is done so that `goto-other-file' works as expected" nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
110
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
111 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
112 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
114 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
119 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
120 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
122 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
125 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
127 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
147 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
152 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
153
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
154 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
155
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
156 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
157 ;;;;;; (14344 1074))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
159
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
160 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
161 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 ;;;;;; add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
168 ;;;;;; (14263 33398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 This defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
195 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
199 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
200 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
205 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
206 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
208 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
209 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
211 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
212 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
213 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
214 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
215 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
240 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
252 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
253 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14260
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
254 ;;;;;; 59541))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 will be overwritten with the new one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
305 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
329 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
332 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
335 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
344 ;;;;;; "ange-ftp.el" (14344 981))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 ;;; Generated autoloads from ange-ftp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
366 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14063 14999))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
377 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
378 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
408 ;;;;;; apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14306 39373))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14033
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
448 ;;;;;; 32602))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
466 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14281 34851))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
479 Setting the variable 'respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
480 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
483 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
486 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488 Variables you assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 max-row: The number of rows in the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 max-column: The number of columns in the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 Variables which are calculated:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
535 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
536 ;;;;;; 393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
539 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
563 ;;;;;; (14292 6861))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
566 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
567 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
570 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
575 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14118 1767))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 Toggle auto-insert mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 With prefix ARG, turn auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 Returns the new status of auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 When auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
599 ;;;;;; (14288 24683))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
617 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (14256 9423))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
620 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
621 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
622
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
623 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
624 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
625
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
640 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
643 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
644 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
648 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "avoid.el" (14263
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
649 ;;;;;; 35271))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
652 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
653 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
654 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
655 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
657 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
658 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
659 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
661 Effects of the different modes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
662 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
663 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
664 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
671 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
673 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
677 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
679 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (13549
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
680 ;;;;;; 39413))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
683 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
684 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
685 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
686 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
687 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
689 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
690 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
695 ;;;;;; (13607 52347))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
706 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
707 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
708 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
709 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
718 ;;;;;; (13599 8729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722 Display battery status information in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723 The text beeing displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 Display battery status information in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
735 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14281
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
736 ;;;;;; 42004))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813 bibtex-hide-entry-bodies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
842 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
964 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14152 30496))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
979 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1101 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "browse-url.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
1224 ;;;;;; (14344 983))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 ;;; Generated autoloads from browse-url.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1360 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1361 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1362 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1413 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1427 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14297 56999))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1503 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1522 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1523 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1524 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1525 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 ;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-in-calendar number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 ;;;;;; calendar-offset calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1528 ;;;;;; (14279 65171))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1561 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1576 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1578 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1579 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1580 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1582 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1584 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1585 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1586 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1636 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1637 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1638
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1639 For example,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1640
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1641 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1642
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1643 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1644
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1673 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1684 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1685 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1687 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1688 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1690 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1691 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1692 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1702 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1703 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1704 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1705 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1707 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1708 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1709 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1751 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1752 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1753 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1782 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1821 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1822 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1825 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1826 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1828 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1829 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1967 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14015 5699))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1997 ;;;;;; (14015 5739))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2108 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14015 5750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 style name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 offset for that syntactic element. Optional ADD says to add SYMBOL to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 `c-offsets-alist' if it doesn't already appear there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14015 5758))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 XEmacs 19: (8-bit)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 XEmacs 20: (8-bit)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 Emacs 19: (1-bit)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2159 ;;;;;; (14236 19568))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2205 ;;;;;; (14301 26365))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2340 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2369 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (13569 33907))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 (autoload (quote command-history-mode) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 \\{command-history-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2399 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14160 15550))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
2417 ;;;;;; (14347 61984))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
2425 ;;;;;; (14344 1077))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (13569
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2443 ;;;;;; 34340))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2459 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2503 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14281
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2504 ;;;;;; 40514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2528 ;;;;;; 18289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2551 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14296 5506))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 *If not nil, M-x compile asks which buffers to save before compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 Run grep via find, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 negative means move back to previous error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2681 ;;;;;; (14254 38847))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2688 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2689 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2706 ;;;;;; (13884 8101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2715 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2737 ;;;;;; (13940 33533))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2753 ;;;;;; (14177 62902))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 column 0 is indented on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924 ;;;;;; (13826 9909))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2936 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2938 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2939 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2942 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2943 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2944 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2945 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2948 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2950 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2952 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2954 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2955 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2958 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2960 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2968 ;;;;;; (14325 12270))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2973 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2978 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2979 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2980
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2981 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2983 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2989 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2993 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2995 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2996 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2997
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2998 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3000 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3001 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3002 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3003 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3005 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3012 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3013
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3014 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3016 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3017 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3018 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3019 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3020 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3022 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3023 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3025 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3026 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3028 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3030 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3031 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3033 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3034 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3035 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3036 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3037 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3039 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3040 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3041 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3043 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3045 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3046 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3047 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3049 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3050 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3051 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3053 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3054 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3056 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3057 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3059 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3060 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3062 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3064 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3071 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3072 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3077 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3103 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3115 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3119 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3121 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3122 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14300 63370))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3132 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3136 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3145 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3177 ;;;;;; (13833 28331))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 ;;;;;; 39004))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3345 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14144 60075))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3371 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3374 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3396 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3397
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3398 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3399 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14344 985))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3401
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3402 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3403 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3404
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3405 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3406
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3407 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3408 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3409
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3410 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3411
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3412 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3413
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3414 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14266
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3415 ;;;;;; 16343))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3417
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3418 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3419 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3420 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3421 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3422 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3423 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3424
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3425 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3426
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3427 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3428
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3429 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3430 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3431 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3432 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3433 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3434 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3435 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3436 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3437 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3438 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3439 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3440 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3441 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3442 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3443 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3444 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3445 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3446
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3447 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3448
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3449 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3450 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3451 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3452 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3453 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3454 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3455 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3456 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3457
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3458 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3459 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3460
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3461 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3462
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3464 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14118 1921))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3492 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (13725 20263))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498 The arguments to this command are as follow:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (ie. text-mode).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (ie. \"Hypertext\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506 hooks for the new mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516 On a more complicated level, the following command uses sgml-mode as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 (setq case-fold-search nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 Initialise variables for a new mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3535 ;;;;;; (13897 58892))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3556 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (13941 59162))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563 Convert IS 13194 characters to Devanagari basic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566 Convert Devanagari basic characters to IS 13194 characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575 Convert Indian String to Devanagari Basic Character String." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578 Convert Devanagari characters in the string to Devanagari glyphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 Decompose Devanagari glyph string STR to basic Devanagari character string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3588 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3593 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3604 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3606 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3607 ;;;;;; (14293 15105))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3610 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3611 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3612 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3613 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3614 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3616 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3617 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3618 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3620 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3621 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3622 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3623 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3625 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3626 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3627 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3628 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3629 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3642 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3665 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" (14344 986))
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3667
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3668 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3669 Major mode for viewing context diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3670 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3671 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3672 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3673 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3674
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3675 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.\\(diffs?\\|patch\\|rej\\)\\'" . diff-mode)))
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3676
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3677 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3678
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
3683 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14344 987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3725 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3726 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778 ;;;;;; dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink-regexp dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780 ;;;;;; dired-do-rename dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781 ;;;;;; dired-create-directory dired-rename-file dired-copy-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782 ;;;;;; dired-relist-file dired-remove-file dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783 ;;;;;; dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile dired-do-compress dired-compress-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 ;;;;;; dired-do-kill-lines dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 ;;;;;; dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3786 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (14305 17690))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3797 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3835 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3836
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3837 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3838 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3873 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3874 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3877 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3878 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3879 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3880 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3881 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3882 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3884 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3885 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3886 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3887 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3888 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3889 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3891 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3892 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3893 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3894 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3895 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3896 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3898 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3899 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3900 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3901 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3903 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3904 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3905 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3906 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3907 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3908 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3910 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3911 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3913 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3914 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3915 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3918 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3919 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3921 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3922 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3923 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3925 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3926 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3928 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3929 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3931 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3932 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3933 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3934 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3935 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3936 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3937 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3938 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3940 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3941 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3942 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3944 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3945 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3946 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3947 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3950 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3977 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3982 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3987 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14279 64871))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3990 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3992 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3997 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3999 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4006 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4018 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4034 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14168 7692))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4100 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4105 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4107 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4108 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4111 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4112 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4113 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4114 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4115 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4116 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4117 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4120 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4122 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4125 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4126 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4128 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4129
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4130 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4131 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4132 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4134 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4135 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4137 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4138
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4139 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4140
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4141 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4142
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44565))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161 ;;;;;; (14030 49072))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4170 ;;;;;; (14279 64673))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174 Define a new minor mode MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 in order to build a valid keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 \(defmacro easy-mmode-define-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185 (MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP)...)" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4190 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4191 ;;;;;; 22824))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4237 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4238 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4242 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245 menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4246 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4247 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4248 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260 :suffix NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264 :style STYLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4271 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4273 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4275 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4283 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4292 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4293 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4295 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4297 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4298 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4299 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4300 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4301
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4302 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4303 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4304 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4312 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4335 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (13229 28455))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4345 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14347 61987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4379 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4380 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4381 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4382 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4383 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4384 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4385 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4386 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4387 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4388 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (13680 6803))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4389 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4391 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4394 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4395 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4406 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4407 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4409 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4462 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4548 ;;;;;; (13680 6780))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4559 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14344 991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4576 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4589 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4620 ;;;;;; 33724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4629 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4650 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651 things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4657 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4659 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4661 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4662 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 40287))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4665 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4666 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4668 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4669 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4670 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4671 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4674 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4675 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4677 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4681 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4694 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4704 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4713 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4715 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4716 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4717 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4737 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4750 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14344 994))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4767 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4774 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4775 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4791 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4792 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4797 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4799 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4802 ;;;;;; (14232 6060))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4803 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4805 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4817 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4820 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14263 35403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4823 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4824 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4825 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4826 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4827 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4829 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4834 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4836 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4838 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4840 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4842 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4847 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4848 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4850 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4851 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4852 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4854 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4856 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4858 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4860 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4862 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4863 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14281 39108))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4866 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4867 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4868 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4869 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4870 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4871 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4873 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4874 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4875 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4876 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4877 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4878 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4880 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4881 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4882 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4883 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4884 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4886 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4887 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4888 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4889 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4891 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4892 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4893 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4894 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4895 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4897 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4898 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4899 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4900 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4902 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4903 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4904 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4905 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4906 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4908 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4909 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4910 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4911 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4912 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4914 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4915 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4916 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4917 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4918 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4920 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4921 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4922 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4923 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4924 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4926 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4928 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4929 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4930 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4932 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4934 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4935 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4936 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4937 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4939 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4940 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4941 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4942 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4943 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4945 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4947 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4948 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4949 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4951 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4952 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4954 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4956 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4957 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4958 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4961 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4972 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4984 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5064 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5090 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5093 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5124 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5125 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5132 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5147 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5171 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5173 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5174 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5177 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5180 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5181 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5182 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5185 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5186 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5188 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5189 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5191 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5192 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5193 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5194 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5196 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5198 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5199 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5202 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5203 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5205 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5206 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5208 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5209 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5210 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5212 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5213 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5214 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5216 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5228 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5229 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5231 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5232 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5237 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5238 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5241 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5246 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5248 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5249 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5252 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5253 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5254 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5255 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5256 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5257 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5259 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5260 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5266 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14001 49633))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5303 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14240 53439))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5371 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14263 35411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 Menu keymap for background colors")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons "Remove Special" (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons "Intangible" (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons "Invisible" (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Read-Only" (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5392 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5394 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5396 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons "Center" (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons "Full" (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons "Right" (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons "Left" (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons "Unfilled" (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right Less" (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons "Indent Right More" (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons "Indent Less" (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons "Indent More" (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons "Display Colors" (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons "Display Faces" (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons "List Properties" (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons "Remove Text Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons "Remove Face Properties" (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list "-----------------")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons "Indentation" (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons "Justification" (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list "-----------------")) (define-key map [sp] (cons "Special Properties" (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons "Background Color" (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons "Foreground Color" (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons "Face" (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5424 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5467 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5468 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5501 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14263 35417))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5512 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5538 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (13855 27094))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5544 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu ffap find-file-at-point
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5577 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14021 43058))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 (autoload (quote ffap) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599 A short alias for the find-file-at-point command." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
5622 ;;;;;; (14332 47759))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5627 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5630 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5636 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5638 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
5639 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14344 998))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5642 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 ;;;;;; (13937 22881))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 - ff-case-fold-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 - ff-always-in-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708 - ff-ignore-include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711 - ff-always-try-to-create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 - ff-quiet-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 - ff-special-constructs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 - ff-other-file-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 - ff-search-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 - ff-pre-find-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732 - ff-pre-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735 - ff-post-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 - ff-not-found-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741 - ff-file-created-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5757 ;;;;;; (14281 30913))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5841 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5859 ;;;;;; (14218 4428))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5898 ;;;;;; (13674 33104))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5944 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5945 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5947 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5948 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5949 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5950 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5951 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5952 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5955 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5958 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5964 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5965 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5966 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14302 34499))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5972 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6004 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MAJOR-MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028 MAJOR-MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6058 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6059 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6060 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6061 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6063 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6064
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6065 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6066
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6067 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6068
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
6075 ;;;;;; (14344 1056))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14162 18837))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6131 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14246 52947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153 `comment-start'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6178 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6213 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49469))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6275 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6288 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6294 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6298 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6299 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6300 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6302 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6304 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6305 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6316 ;;;;;; (14030 49345))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6319 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6320 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326 ;;;;;; 49350))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6335 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6336 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6338 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6344 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357 ;;;;;; (14030 49385))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6363 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 ;;;;;; (14030 49391))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6379 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 ;;;;;; (14030 49414))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412 ;;;;;; (14030 49416))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
6421 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14344 1048))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433 ;;;;;; (14030 49464))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6439 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6441 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "goto-addr.el" (13884 38368))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from goto-addr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6487 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6499 ;;;;;; (14293 61777))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6537 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6542 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6545 ;;;;;; 23942))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6560 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6561 ;;;;;; (14268 8415))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6565 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6566
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6567 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6568 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6569 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6570 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6571
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6572 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6573
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6574 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6575 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6576 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6577 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6578 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6579
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6580 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6581
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6582 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6583 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6603 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6605 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6607 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6608 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6609 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6611 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6612 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6613 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6614 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6615 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6617 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6623 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6652 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6681 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6696 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14301 32259))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6699 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6700 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6701
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6745 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-mouse-toggle-hiding hs-hide-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746 ;;;;;; hs-show-hidden-short-form hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6747 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (13845 6001))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751 Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753 (defvar hs-show-hidden-short-form t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754 Leave only the first line visible in a hidden block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 If non-nil only the first line is visible when a block is in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 hidden state, else both the first line and the last line are shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 A nil value disables `hs-adjust-block-beginning', which see.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759 An example of how this works: (in C mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 original:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762 /* My function main
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763 some more stuff about main
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764 */
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 int
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766 main(void)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 {
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768 int x=0;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769 return 0;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774 /* My function main...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775 */
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776 int
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777 main(void)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 {...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779 }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781 hidden and `hs-show-hidden-short-form' is t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782 /* My function main...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783 int
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784 main(void)...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786 For the last case you have to be on the line containing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787 ellipsis when you do `hs-show-block'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" nil nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (java-mode "\\(\\(\\([ ]*\\(\\(abstract\\|final\\|native\\|p\\(r\\(ivate\\|otected\\)\\|ublic\\)\\|s\\(tatic\\|ynchronized\\)\\)[ \n]+\\)*[.a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\(\\[[ \n]*\\][ \n]*\\)?\\([a-zA-Z0-9_:]+[ \n]*\\)([^)]*)\\([ \n ]+throws[ \n][^{]+\\)?\\)\\|\\([ ]*static[^{]*\\)\\)[ \n]*{\\)" "}" "/[*/]" java-hs-forward-sexp hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791 It has the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 If present, hideshow will use these values as regexps for start, end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794 and comment-start, respectively. Since Algol-ish languages do not have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 single-character block delimiters, the function `forward-sexp' used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796 by hideshow doesn't work. In this case, if a similar function is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797 available, you can register it and have hideshow use it instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798 `forward-sexp'. See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 to see what is the use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801 If any of those is left nil, hideshow will try to guess some values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802 using function `hs-grok-mode-type'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 Note that the regexps should not contain leading or trailing whitespace.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806 (autoload (quote hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807 Hide all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808 Move point to the beginning of the line, and it run the normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810 If `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is t, also hide the comments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 (autoload (quote hs-mouse-toggle-hiding) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 Toggle hiding/showing of a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814 Should be bound to a mouse key." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6822 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823 for `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827 Also see the documentation for the variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6840 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6841 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6843 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6844
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6845 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6846 Remove the change face from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6847 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6849 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6850 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852 Without an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6853 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6854 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6855 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857 With an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6862 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6863 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6864 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6871 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6873 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876 Hook variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6882 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6885 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6888 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6892 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898 buffer to be saved):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6899 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906 and not in read-only mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909 when called interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6916 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (13674
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6945 ;;;;;; 32888))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6960 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6988 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6990 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6991 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6992 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6993 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6995 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6996
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6997 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6998 ;;;;;; (14248 36723))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6999 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7000
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7001 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7002 Non-nil if Hl-Line mode is enabled.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7003
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7004 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7005
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7006 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7007
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7008 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7009 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7010
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7011 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7012 Only useful with a windowing system.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7013 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7014 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7015
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7016 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7017
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7033 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14291 58671))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7037 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7040 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7043 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7048 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14118 2245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7061 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7081 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7099 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
7111 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (14344 1003))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7124 Create an image which will be loaded from FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126 or nil, try to determine the image file type from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127 If that doesn't work, use FILE's extension.as image type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7130 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7133 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7135 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7136 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7137 image.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7142 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7146 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7147 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7150 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7151 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7154 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7156 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7158 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7159 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7161 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and `:file FILE', where TYPE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7167 is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', and FILE is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7168 file to load the image from. The first image specification whose TYPE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7169 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7171 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7173 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7174 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7176 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7178 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7179 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7180 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7205 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7206 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7210 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7218 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7236 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7242 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7244 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7245 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7248 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7279
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7280 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7281 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7282
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7283 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7284 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7285
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7286 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7287 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7288 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7289 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7290
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7291 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7292
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7293 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7294
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7301 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7316 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7320 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7321 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7343 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7355 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7359 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7360 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7363 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7366 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7372 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7373 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
7374 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14344 1005))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7377 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7378 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7379 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7381 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7382 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7383 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7384 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7385 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7386 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7388 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7389 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7391 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7395 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7402 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7409 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7410 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7421 ;;;;;; (14272 15606))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7426 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7435 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7436
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7437 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7444 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7445
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7446 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7457 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7463 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7464 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7465 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7467 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7468 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7469 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7471 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7472 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7473 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7474 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7476 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7477 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7478 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7480 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7481 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7482 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7483 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7484 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7486 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7488 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7489 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7490 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7491 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7493 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7494 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7496 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7497 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7499 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7501 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7503 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7504 ;;;;;; (14127 16274))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7507 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7509 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7510 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7511 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7514 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7515 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7518 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7519 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7520 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7521 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7522 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7523 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7524 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7525 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7527 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7528 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7530 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7532 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7533 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7534 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7535 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7538 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7539 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7540 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7541 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7545 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7548 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7550 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7551 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7552 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7556 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7557 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7558 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7559 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7560 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7562 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7563 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7564 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7565 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7566 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7568 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7569 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7570 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7571 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7572 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7574 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7575 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7576 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7577 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7578 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7580 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7581 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7583 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7584 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7586 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7587 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7589 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7592 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7594 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7595 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7596 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7598 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7600 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7601 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7602 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7603 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7604 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7605 ;;;;;; (14335 43064))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7608 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7609 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7613 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7617 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7619 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7621 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7623 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7625 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7626
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7627 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7629 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7630 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7632 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7634 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7635 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7637 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7638 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7640 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7641 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7643 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7645 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7646 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7647 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7648 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7649 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7650 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7651 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7652 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7653 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7655 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7656 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7657 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7659 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7660 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7662 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7663 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7664 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7665 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7666 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7667 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7668 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7669 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7671 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7673 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7674 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7675 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7677 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7678 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7680 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7681 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7682 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7683 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7685 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version)) (not (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7687 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7689 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7691 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7693 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7695 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7696 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7697 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7698 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7699 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7700 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7701 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7702 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7704 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7705 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7706 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7707 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7709 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7710 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7712 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7714 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7740 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7744 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7758 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7759 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7763 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7765 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7767 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7769 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7770 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7771 Return non-nil if spell session completed normally." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7773 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7774 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7776 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7777 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7779 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7780 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7782 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7783 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7784 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7785 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7787 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7789 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7790 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7792 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7793 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7794 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7800 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7807 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7815 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7816 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7818 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7819 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7820 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
7826 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14347 61960))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7831 Return the name of a buffer selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7832 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7833 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7834 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7836 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7837 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7838 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7839 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7841 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7842 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7844 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7845 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7846 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7847 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7848 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7850 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7851 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7852 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7853 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7855 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7856 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7857 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7858 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7860 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7861 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7862 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7863 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7865 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7868 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7869 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7870 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
7871 ;;;;;; (14347 63248))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7872 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7874 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7875 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7877 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7879 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7880 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7881 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7882 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7883 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7884 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7885 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7886 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7888 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7889 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7890 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7891 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7893 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7894 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7895 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7896 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7897 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7899 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7900 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7901 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7902 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7904 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7905 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7906 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7907 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7909 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7910 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7912 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7913 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7914 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7915 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7916 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7918 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7919 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7920 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7921 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7922 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7924 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7925 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7926 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7928 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7930 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7931 ;;;;;; (14275 59802))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7934 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7935 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7936 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7937 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7939 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7940 following ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7942 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7943 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7944 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7945 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7946 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7948 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7949 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7950 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7951 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7953 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7954 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7955 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7956 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7957 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7958 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7959 strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7961 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7962 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7963 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7964 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7966 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7967 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7969 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7970
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7971 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
7972 ;;;;;; (14344 1006))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7973 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7974
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7975 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7976 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7978 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7979
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7980 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7981
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7982 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7983 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7984 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7985 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7986 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7987 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7988 (interactive "P")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7989 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7990 (progn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7991 (require 'jka-compr)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7992 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7993 (toggle-auto-compression)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7994 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7996 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7999 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8002 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8003 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8004 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8006 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8007 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8008 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8009 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8010 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8012 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8013 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8014 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8018 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8019 ;;;;;; 39847))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8022 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8023 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8025 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8026 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8027 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8028 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8030 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8032 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8033 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8034 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8035
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8036 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8037 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8038 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8040 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8041 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8043 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8045 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8047 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8048 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8051 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8053 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8054 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8056 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8058 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8059 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8060 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8061 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8065 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8066 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8067 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8068 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8070 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8071 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8072 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8074 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8076 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8077 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8078 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8080 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8081 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8083 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8085 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8086 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14263 35461))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8089 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8090 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8091 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8092 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8094 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8096 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8098 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8099 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8100 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8101 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8102 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8103 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8105 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8106 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8107 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8108 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8109 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8111 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8112 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8113 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8114 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8115 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8117 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8118 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8119 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8120 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8121 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8122 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8124 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8125 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8126 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8127 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8129 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8130 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8131 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8132 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8134 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8135 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8136 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8137 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8138 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8140 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8141 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8143 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8145 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8146 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8149 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8150 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8152 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8153 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8155 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8156 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8158 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8159 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8160 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8161 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8162 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8163 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8164 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8165 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8166 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8167 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8168 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8169 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8171 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8173 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8174
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8175 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8178 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8179 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8180 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8181 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8182 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8183
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8184 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8186 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8187 ;;;;;; 16173))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8190 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8191 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8192 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8193 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8195 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8197 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
8198 ;;;;;; (14344 1013))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8201 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
8202 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
8203 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8205 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8206 Run the locate command with a filter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8208 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8211 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8212 ;;;;;; 56563))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8213 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8215 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8216 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8217 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8219 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8220 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8222 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8224 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8225 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8226 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8227 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8228 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8230 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8231 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8232 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8233 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8234 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8236 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8237 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8245 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8248 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8249 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8251 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8257 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8259 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8260 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8261 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14251 18531))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8270 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8271 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8272 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8281 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8282 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8284 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8286 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8289 ;;;;;; 30919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8292 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8293 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8294 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8295 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8297 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8299 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8300 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8301 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8303 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8304 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8305 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8306 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8307 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8309 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8310 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8311 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8312 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8314 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8315 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8316 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8317 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8318 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8320 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8321 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8323 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8324 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8325 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8326 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8327 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8328 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8329 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8330 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8331 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8332 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8333 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8334 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8336 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8337 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8338 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8340 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8341 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8342 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8343 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8345 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8346 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8348 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8349 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8350 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8351 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8352 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8354 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8355 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8357 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8358 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8359 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8361 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8363 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8364 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8365 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8367 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8369 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8370 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8371 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8373 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8374 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8375 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8376 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8378 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8381 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8384 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8385 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8386 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8387 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8389 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8390 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8391 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8392 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8393 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8396 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8407 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8411 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8421 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8425 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8426
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8428 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8429 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14263
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8430 ;;;;;; 33297))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8433 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8434 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8435 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8436 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8438 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8439
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8440 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8441 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8442 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8443 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8444
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8445 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8446 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8447 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8448 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8449
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8450 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8451 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8452 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8453 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8454
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8458 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8459 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8462 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8464 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8465 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (13640 6539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8472 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8473 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8475 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8476 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8477 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8479 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8482 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8483 ;;;;;; 15767))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8489 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8492 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8495 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8496 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8497 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8498 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8499 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8501 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8502 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8504 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8505 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8506 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8508 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8509 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8510 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8511 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8513 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8514 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8515 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8516 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8518 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8520 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8521 ;;;;;; (14013 4466))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8524 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8525 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8526 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8528 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8530 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8532 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8534 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8536 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8537 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8542 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8544 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8545 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8546 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8547 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8548 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8549 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8550 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8552 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8553 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8554 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8556 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8557 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8559 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8560 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8561 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8563 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8564 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8566 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8567 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8569 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8570 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8571 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8572 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8574 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8575 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8577 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8580 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8581 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8582 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8583 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8584 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8585 the backslash itself intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8586 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8587 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8589 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8590 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8591 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8593 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8595 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8596 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8601 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8604 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8610 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14252 7234))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49476))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8639 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8640 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8642 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8643 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8644 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8645 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8646 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8647 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8649 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8650 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8652 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8653 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8655 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8656 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8658 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8659 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8660 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8661 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8665 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 nil means use indentation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8680 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8681 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8682 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8683 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8684 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8686 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8687 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8688 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8689 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8690 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8692 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8693 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8695 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8697 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8698 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8699 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8700 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8705 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8706 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8707 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8727 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8729 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8730 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8733 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8734 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8736 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8737 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8739 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8745 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8747 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748 Forward the current message via mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8751 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8752 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755 Re-mail the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8756 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8757 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8758 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8760 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8761 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8763 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8764 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8766 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8767 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8769 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8770 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8772 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8773 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8774 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8775 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8776 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8778 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8779 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8780 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8781 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8783 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8785 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8786 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8790 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8791 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8792 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8794 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8795 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8797 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8798 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8799 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8800 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8802 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8803 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8805 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8807 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8808 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
8809 ;;;;;; (14344 1065))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8820 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8829 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8830 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8834 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8839 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8845 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14288 25329))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8853 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8855 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8856 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8857 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8858 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8859 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8860 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8861 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8877 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8879 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8881 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8882 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8883 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8885 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8886 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8887 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8888 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8889 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8896 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8898 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8900 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8901
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14263
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8903 ;;;;;; 35467))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8906 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28041))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14244 17344))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8931 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8933 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8938 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8942 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8943 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8944 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8945 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8946 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8947 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8948 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8949 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8950 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8951 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8953 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8954 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8955 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8967 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8969 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8970 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8973 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8974 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8975 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8979 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8980 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8981 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8984 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8985 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8986 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8987 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8988 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8989 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8990 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8991 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8993 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8994 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8995 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8999 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9000 ;;;;;; 2283))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9004 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9005 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9006 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9008 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9010 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9016 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9017 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9023 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9029 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9030 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9034 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9035 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9036 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9038 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9039
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9040 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9043 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9044 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9046 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9047
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9051 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9052 Toggle msb-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9054 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9056 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9058 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9060 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9061 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9062 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9063 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9064 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9066 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9068 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9069 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-systems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9070 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9071 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9072 ;;;;;; (14184 58903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9075 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9078 The ID column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9079 The B column contains a number of bytes occupied in a buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080 by any character in this character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081 The W column contains a number of columns occupied on the screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 by any character in this character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095 at the place of `..':
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9107 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9108 `default-process-coding-system' for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110 `default-process-coding-system' for write
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9113 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127 Display information of FONTSET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129 contained in FONTSET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134 frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137 o -- font already opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 - -- font not yet opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139 x -- font can't be opened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140 ? -- no font specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9145 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9146 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9148 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9149 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9151 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9152 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9154 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9155 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9162 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9163 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9167 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9168 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-chars compose-chars-component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9173 ;;;;;; decompose-string decompose-region compose-region detect-coding-with-language-environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9174 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9178 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9179 ;;;;;; (14184 58943))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9182 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9183 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9184 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9186 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9188 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9190 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9191 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9193 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9194 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9195 The optional 2nd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9196 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9197 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9199 The optional 3rd arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9200 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9201 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9202 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9203 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9205 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9206 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9208 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9210 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9212 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9213 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9214 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9215 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9216 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9217 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9218 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9220 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9221 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9222 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9223 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9224 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9225 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9226 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9227 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9228 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9229 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9230 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9250 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9254 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9255 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9259 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9260 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9262 (autoload (quote compose-region) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9263 Compose all characters in the current region into one composite character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9264 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9265 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9267 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9268 Decompose all composite characters in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9269 Composite characters are broken up into individual components.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9270 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9271 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9273 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9274 Decompose all composite characters in STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9276 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (ml . 3) (mc . 4) (mr . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 4) (mid-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (0 . 0) (1 . 1) (2 . 2) (3 . 3) (4 . 4) (5 . 5) (6 . 6) (7 . 7) (8 . 8))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9277 Alist of reference point symbols vs reference point codes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9278 A reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition rule
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9279 while making a composite character by the function `compose-chars'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9280 \(which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9282 Meanings of reference point codes are as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284 0----1----2 <-- ascent 0:tl or top-left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9285 | | 1:tc or top-center
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9286 | | 2:tr or top-right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9287 | | 3:ml or mid-left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9288 | 4 <--+---- center 4:mc or mid-center
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289 | | 5:mr or mid-right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290 --- 3 5 <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9291 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9292 6----7----8 <-- descent 8:br or bottom-right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9294 Reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition rule of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9295 the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where GLOBAL-REF-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9296 is a reference point in the overall glyphs already composed, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9297 NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to be added.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9299 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is 8 and NEW-REF-POINT is 1, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9300 overall glyph is updated as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303 | | |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304 | global| |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305 | glyph | |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306 --- | | | <--- baseline (doesn't change)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307 +----+--+--+
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308 | | new |
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309 | |glyph|
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9311 ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9313 (autoload (quote compose-chars-component) "mule-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316 Return one char string composed from the arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317 For relative composition, each argument should be a non-composition character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318 or a relative-composition character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319 For rule-based composition, Nth (where N is odd) argument should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320 a non-composition character or a rule-based-composition character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 and Mth (where M is even) argument should be a composition rule.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322 A composition rule has the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323 See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326 Convert composite character CHAR to a sequence of the components.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9327 Optional 1st arg TYPE specifies the type of sequence returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328 It should be `string' (default), `list', or `vector'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9329 Optional 2nd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE non-nil means the returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330 sequence contains embedded composition rules if any. In this case, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331 order of elements in the sequence is the same as arguments for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332 `compose-chars' to create CHAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 If TYPE is omitted or is `string', composition rules are omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334 even if WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is t." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9339 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net-utils.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9341 ;;;;;; (14344 1016))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342 ;;; Generated autoloads from net-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9347 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 Ping HOST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9357 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9361 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9372 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9373 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9374
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9376 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9388 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397 ;;;;;; 49490))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9403 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9404 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9407 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9410 ;;;;;; (14030 49496))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9414 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9416 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9419 ;;;;;; (14030 49502))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9422 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9423 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9424 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9426 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9429 ;;;;;; (14030 49514))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9432 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9433 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9435 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9438 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9447 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9448 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9453 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9463 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9464 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9465 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9467 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9468 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9469 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9470 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9472 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9474 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9475 ;;;;;; (13611 44372))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9478 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9480 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9481 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9482 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9483 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9485 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9487 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9488 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9491 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9492 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9493 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9494 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9495 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9497 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9499 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9500 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9503 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9504 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9505 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9507 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9509 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9510 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9514 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9521 ;;;;;; (14263 35724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9524 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9538 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9545 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9549 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9585 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9588 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9589 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9591 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9593 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9596 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9597 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9603 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9604 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9605 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9610 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9615 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618 ;;;;;; (14045 29891))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9625 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9626 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9630 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9635 ;;;;;; (14249 42166))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9638 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9639 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9640 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9641 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9643 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9644 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9645 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9650 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9651 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9656 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9660 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9669 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9676 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9678 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9679 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9685 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9686 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9689 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9690 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9691 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9692 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9694 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9695
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9696 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9697
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9698 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9699
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9700 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9701 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9702 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9703 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9705 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9706 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9708 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9709
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9710 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14263
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9711 ;;;;;; 35958))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9714 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9715 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9716 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9718 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9719 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9721 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9723 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9724 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9725 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9726 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9730 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9742 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9744 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9746 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9747 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9750 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9751 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9753 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9754 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9756 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9762 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9770 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9778 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9797 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9810 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9835 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9845 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9850 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9859 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9864 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9869 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9870 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9871 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9872 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9873 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9874 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9875 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9879 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9880 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9881 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9885 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9886 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9887 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9888 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9889 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9890 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9892 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9894 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9896 ;;;### (autoloads (ph-query-form ph-expand-inline ph-get-phone ph-get-email)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9897 ;;;;;; "ph" "ph.el" (13623 48498))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ph.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900 (autoload (quote ph-get-email) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9901 Get the email field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903 (autoload (quote ph-get-phone) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904 Get the phone field of NAME from the PH/QI directory server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9906 (autoload (quote ph-expand-inline) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9907 Query the PH server, and expand the query string before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9909 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. If it contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9910 one word, the variable `ph-inline-query-format-list' controls to map these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 onto CCSO database field names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913 `ph-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914 If REPLACE is t, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915 If `ph-expanding-overwrites-query' is t, that inverts the meaning of REPLACE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917 (autoload (quote ph-query-form) "ph" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918 Display a form to query the CCSO PH/QI nameserver.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9919 If given a non-nil argument the function first queries the server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920 for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9925 ;;;;;; (14347 62026))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9930 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9942 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9943 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9948 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9954 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9956 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9957 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9962 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9965 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9978 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9979 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9981 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9994 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15913))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10002 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10008 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10010 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10011 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10018 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10024 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
10034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14346 42642))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10038 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10041 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10043 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14339
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10044 ;;;;;; 19431))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10046
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10047 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10048 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10049
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10050 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10051
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10052 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10053 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10055 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10056 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10057 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10058 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10059 ps-run-tmp-dir
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10060 ps-run-prompt
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10061 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10062 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10063 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10064 ps-run-error-line-numbers
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10065
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10066 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10067
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10068
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10069 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10070
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10071
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10072 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10073 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10074 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10075
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10076 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10077
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10078
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10079 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10080 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10081 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10082 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10083 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10084 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10085
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10086 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10087
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10088 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
10089 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font)
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
10090 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (14346 42638))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10097 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10104 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10110 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10111 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10113 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10120 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10122 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10125 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10126 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10127 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
10128 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-paper-type) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (14349
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
10129 ;;;;;; 4603))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10132 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
10133 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10137 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10138 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10140 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10141 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10142 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10144 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10145 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10146 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10148 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10149 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10150 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10154 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10155 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10160 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10164 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10165 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10166 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10167 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10171 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10172 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10173 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10174 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10175 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10177 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10179 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10180 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10185 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10187 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10188 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10189 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10191 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10193 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10194 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10222 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10231 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10241 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10243 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10246 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10247 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10252 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10253 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10254 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10256 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10258 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10260 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10261 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10263 ;;;;;; (14171 42697))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10267 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10268 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10270 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10271 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10272 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10273 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10274 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10275 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10278 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10279 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10282 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10292 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10300 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10321 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10322 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10323 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10324 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10325 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10326 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10331 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10332 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10333 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10334 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10336 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10337 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10338 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10340 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10341 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10342 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10344 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10348 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10349 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10350 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10351 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10353 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10354 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10355 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10356 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10357 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10358 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10359 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10360 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10361 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10362 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10364 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10365 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10367 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10368 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10383 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10384 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10405 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10406 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10408 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10415 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10416 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "quickurl.el" (14344 1017))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10421 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10424 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10430 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10438 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10439 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10441 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10443 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10449 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10450 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10452 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10454 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10456 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10457 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10459 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "rcompile.el" (13149
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10462 ;;;;;; 16808))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from rcompile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10466 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10467 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10470
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10471 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-cleanup recentf-save-list recentf-mode)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10472 ;;;;;; "recentf" "recentf.el" (14339 41776))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10473 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10474
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10475 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10476 Toggle recentf mode.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10477 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10478 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10479
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10480 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10481 were operated on recently." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10482
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10483 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10484 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10485
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10486 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10487 Remove all non-readable files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10488
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10489 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
10490
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10491 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10492 ;;;;;; open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10493 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10494 ;;;;;; move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14273 29571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10499 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10500 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10501
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10502 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10503 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10506 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10507 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10508 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10509 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10510
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10511 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10512 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10513 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10516 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10517 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10518
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10519 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10520 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10521 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10524 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10525 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10528 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10529
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10530 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10531 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10532
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10533 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10534 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10537 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10539 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10540 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10541 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10542 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10543 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10544 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10545 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10547 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10548 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10549
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10550 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10551 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10552
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10553 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10554 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10555 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10556 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10558 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10559 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10560 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10562 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10563
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10564 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10565 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10567 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10568 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10569
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10570 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10571 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10572 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10575 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10576 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10577
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10578 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10579 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10580 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10581
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10582 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10583
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10585 ;;;;;; (14315 19661))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10588 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10591 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10594 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10595 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10596
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10598 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10599 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10602 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10603 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10604 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10605
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10606 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10607 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10608 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10610 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10611 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10613 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10614 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10616 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10617 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10618 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10620 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10621
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10622 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10623
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10624 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10625 ;;;;;; (14315 19188))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10627
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10628 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10629 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10630 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10631 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10632 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10633 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10635 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10637 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10638 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10639 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10640 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10642 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10643 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10644 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10645 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10647 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10649 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10650 ;;;;;; (14334 30885))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10653 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10654 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10655 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10656 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10657 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10658 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10660 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10661 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10663 but typically contains more regexp grouping constructs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10664 Use `regexp-opt-depth' to count them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10666 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10667 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10668 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10669 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10671 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10673 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10674 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10676 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10677 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10678 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10679 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10680 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10682 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10683 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10684 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10686 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10688 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10689 ;;;;;; (13651 33206))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10692 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10694 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10696 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10697 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10700 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10701 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10702 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10703 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10704 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10705 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10706 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10707 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10708 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10709 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10710 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10711 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10712 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10713 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10714 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10715 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10716 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10717 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10718 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10720 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10723 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10727 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10732 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "rlogin.el" (13845 29546))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from rlogin.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10748 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10749 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10759 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10770 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10771 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10773 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10775 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10776 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10791 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14344 1068))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10804 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10808 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10818 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10831 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10832 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10834 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10835 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10836 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10837 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10838 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10840 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10841 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10843 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10844 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10846 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10847 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10849 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10850 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10852 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10853 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10855 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10856 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10858 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10859 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10860 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10861 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10863 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10864 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10866 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10868 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10869 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10870 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10871 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10872 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10874 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10875 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10877 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10878 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10879 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10880 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10882 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10883 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10884 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10885 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10887 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10888 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10889 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10891 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10892 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10893 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10895 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10896 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10897 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10898 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10899 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10901 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10902 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10903 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10904 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10906 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10908 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10909 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10910 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10911 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10913 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10917 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10924 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10925 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10938 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10946 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10947 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10948 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10960 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10961 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10963 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10966 ;;;;;; (13738 33907))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10969 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10970 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10974 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10976 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10979 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10983 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10984 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10985 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10987 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10989 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10990 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10991 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10992 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10993 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10995 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10996 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10997 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10998 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10999 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11001 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11004 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11007 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11008 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11009 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11010 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11012 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11014 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11015 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11016 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11019 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11020 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11021 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11022 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11023 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11024 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11025 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11027 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11028 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11029 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11031 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11032 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11033 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11035 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11038 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11039 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11041 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11045 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11046 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11047 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11048 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11050 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11051 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11052 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11054 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11055 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11057 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11058 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11060 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11062 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11063 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11064 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11066 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11068 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11069 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11070 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11071 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11074 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11075 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11076 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11078 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11079 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11082 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11087 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11092 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11094 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11095 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11096 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11098 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11099 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11100 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11101 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11103 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11105 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11106 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11107 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11108 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11109 ;;;;;; (14181 58940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11112 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11113 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11115 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11116 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11118 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11119 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11121 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11122 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11123 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11125 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11126 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11127 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11128 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11129 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11130 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11132 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11133 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11134 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11135 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11136 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11138 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11139 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11140 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11141 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11142 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11143 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11145 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11146 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11147 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11149 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11150 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11152 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11154 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11156 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11157 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11160 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11161 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11162 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11163 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11165 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11167 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11168 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (13253 16866))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11171 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11172 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11173 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11175 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11176 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11178 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11180 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11181 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11182 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11183 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11186 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11187 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11189 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11191 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11193 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11194 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11196 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11197 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11199 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11200 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11202 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11203 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11205 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11206 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11208 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11209 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11211 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11213 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11214 ;;;;;; (13730 30380))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11217 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11218 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11219 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11221 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11222 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11223 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11224 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11225 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11226 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11228 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11229 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11230 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11231 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11232 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11233 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11235 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11236 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11237 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11239 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11240 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11241 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11242 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11243 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11244 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11245 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11247 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11250 ;;;;;; (14030 49534))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11253 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11254 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11255 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11257 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11259 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (13552
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11262 ;;;;;; 24904))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11265 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11266 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11267 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11268 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11270 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11272 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11273 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11275 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11276 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11278 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11279 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11280 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11282 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11285 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11286 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11287 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11288 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14256 32531))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11289 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11291 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11292 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11294 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11295 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11296 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11297 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11298 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11299 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11300 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11301 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11302
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11303 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11304 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11305 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11306 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11307
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11308 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11309 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11310 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11311
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11312 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11313 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11315 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11316 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11317 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11318 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11320 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11321 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11322 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11324 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11325 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11327 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11328 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11329 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11330 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11331
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11332 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11333 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11335 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11336 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11337 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11339 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11340 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11341 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11342 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11344 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11345 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11346 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11347 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11348 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11350 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11351 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11352 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11353 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11354 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11356 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11357 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11358 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11359 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11360 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11361 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11362 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11363 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11365 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11366 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11367 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11368 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11369 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11370 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11371 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11372 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11373 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11374 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11376 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11377 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11379 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11384 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11388 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11394 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11397 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11398 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11399 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11406 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11428 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11429 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11430 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11431 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11448 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11453 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11454 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11455 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11456 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11458 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11460 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11462 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11463 ;;;;;; (14248 37407))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11464 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11470 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11474 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11479 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11481 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11485 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11486 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11487 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11488 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11489 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11490 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11492 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11494 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11495 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11496 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11497 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11499 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11500 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11501 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11503 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11504 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11505 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11506 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11508 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11509 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11510 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11511 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11513 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11515 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11516 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11517 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11518 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11520 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11522 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11524 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11525 ;;;;;; (14344 1082))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11528 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11530 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11531 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11532 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11533 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11534 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11535 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11537 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11538 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11539 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11540 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11542 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11543 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11544 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11546 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11547 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11548 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11549 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11550 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11551 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11552 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11553 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11554 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11555 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11556
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11557 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11558 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11559 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11560 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11561 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11562 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11563 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11564
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11565
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11566 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11567 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11568 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11569 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11570 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11571 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11573 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11574 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11575 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11577 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11578 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11579 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11581 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11582 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11584 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11586 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11589 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11592 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11593 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11595 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11596 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11597 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11598 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11599 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11601 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11603 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11605 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11606 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11607 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11609 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11610 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11613 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11614 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11615 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11616 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11617 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11618 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11619 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11621 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11622 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11623 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11624 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11625 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11627 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11628 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11629 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11631 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11633 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11634 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11635 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11636
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11637 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11638 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11639 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11640 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11641 shell buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11643 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11644 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11645 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11647 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11649 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11650 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11651 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11652 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11653 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11654 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11655 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11666 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11667 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11668 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11676 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11678 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11679
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11680 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11681 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11684 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11685 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11686 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11687 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11688 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11689 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11690 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11691 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11692 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11693 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11698 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11699 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11700 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11701 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11702 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11703 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11704 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11705 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11706 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11707 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11708 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11709 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11710 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11711 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11712 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11713 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11714 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11715 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11716 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11717 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11718 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11719 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11720 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11722 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11723 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11725 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11726 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11727 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11729 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11731 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11732 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11733 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11736 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11737 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11739 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11740 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11741 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11742 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11743 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11746 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11747 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11748 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11749 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11753 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11754 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11755 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11757 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11758 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11759 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11762 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11763 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11765 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11766 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11767 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11769 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11770 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11772 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11773 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11774 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11775 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11777 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11778 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11779 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11780 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11782 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11783 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11784 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11786 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11787 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11789 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11790 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11792 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11793 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11794 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11795 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11796 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11797 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11798 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11799 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11800 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11802 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11803 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11804 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11805 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11806 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11807 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11808 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11809 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11811 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11812 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11813 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11814 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11815 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11816 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11818 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11819 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11820 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11821 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11822 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11824 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11825 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11827 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11828 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11830 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11831 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11832 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11833 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11835 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11836 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11837 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11839 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
11842 ;;;;;; (14344 1070))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11845 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11847 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11848
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11849 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11852 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11853 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11854 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11856 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11858 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11859 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11860 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11861 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11862 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11863 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11864 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11865 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11866 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11868 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11869
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11870 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11872 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "snmp-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11873 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11874 ;;; Generated autoloads from snmp-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11876 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11877 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11878 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11879 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11880 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11881 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11882 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11884 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11886 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11887 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11889 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11890 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11896 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11899 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11900 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11903 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11904 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11906 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11907 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11908 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11910 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11922 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11925 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11930 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11951 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11953 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11957 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11960 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11977 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11978 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11979 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11981 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11982 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12001 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12003 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12023 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12025 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12027 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12029 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12031 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12033 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12034 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12035 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (13304 43541))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12040 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12042 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12044 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12045 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12048 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12049 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12053 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12054 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12057 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12058 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12059 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12060 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12062 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12063 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12065 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12066 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12067 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12068 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12069 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12070
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12071 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12072 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12073 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12075 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12076 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12078 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12080 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12082 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12083 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12084 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12085 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12086 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12087 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12089 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12090 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12091 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12092 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12093 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12094 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12096 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12097 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12098 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12099 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12100 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12101 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12102 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12104 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12105 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12106 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12107 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12108 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12109 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12110 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12111 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12113 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12114 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12115 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12116 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12117 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12118 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12119 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12120 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12121 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12122 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12123 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12125 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12127 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12128 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12130 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12131 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12132 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12134 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12136 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12137 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12138 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12139 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12141 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12143 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12144 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12145 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12146 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12147 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12149 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12150 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12151 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12153 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12155 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12156 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14281 35833))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12159 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12161 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12162 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12163 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12164 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12165 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12166 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12167 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12169 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12170 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12171 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12172 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12174 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12177 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12180 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12182 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12183 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12184 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12185 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12186 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12187 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12189 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12190 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12191 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12192 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12194 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12195 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12196 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12197 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12198 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12200 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12201 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12203 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12205 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12206 ;;;;;; 43485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12209 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12210 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12212 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12213 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12218 ;;;;;; (14321 57663))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12222 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12229 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12231 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12234 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12235 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12236 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12237 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12238 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12239 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12249 entry function you want to use regularly:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12263 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12265 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12266 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12267 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12268
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12269 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12270 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12272 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12273 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12274 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12275 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12276 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12277 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12279 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12280 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12282 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12283 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12285 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12286 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12287 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12289 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12290 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12292 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12293 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12295 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12300 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12302 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12304 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12312 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12314 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (13337 50462))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12315 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12324 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12327 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12329 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12330 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12331 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12332 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12333 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12334 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12335 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12337 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12338 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12339 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12340 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12341 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12342 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12343 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12345 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12346 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12347 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12349 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12350 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12351 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12353 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12354 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12356 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12358 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12359 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12361 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12364 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12366 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12367 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12368 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12380 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12381 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12383 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12386 ;;;;;; (14192 4758))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12389 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12392 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12393 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12394 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12396 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12398 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12405 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12407 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12411 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12413 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8735))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12418 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12419 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12420 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12425 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12426 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12427 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12428 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12429 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12430 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12432 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12433
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12434 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12438 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12440 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12441
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14293 62779))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12445 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12446 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12447 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12448 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12449 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12450 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12451 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12453 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12454 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12455 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12456 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12461 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12462
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12464 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12466
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12467 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12468 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12469 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12470 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12471 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12472 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12473
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12474 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12475 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12476 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12477 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12478 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12479
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12480 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12481 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12482 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12483 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12484 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12485 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12486 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12487 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12488 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12489 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12490 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12491 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12492 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12493 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12494 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12495
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12496 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12497 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12498 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12499 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12500
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12501 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12502 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12503
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12504 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12505 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12506 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12507 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12508
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12509 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12510 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12511 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12512
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12513 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12514
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12515 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "telnet.el" (13858 52416))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from telnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12517 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12519 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12520 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12521 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12522 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12523 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12524 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12525 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12526 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12528 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12529 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12530 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12531 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12533 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12534
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12536 ;;;;;; 17354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12539 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12544 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12546 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12547 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12550 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12555 ;;;;;; 10588))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12570 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12587 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12592 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12595 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12602 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12603 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12604 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12605 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12606 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12607 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12620 ;;;;;; (14280 10460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12627 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12628 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12629 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12634 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12638 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12647 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12649 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12651 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12659 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12662 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12663 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12675 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12687 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12690 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12692 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12706 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12707 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12709 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12710 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12711 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12713 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote plain-tex-mode) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12716 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12717 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12719 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12745 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12746 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12747 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12749 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12750 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12751 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12763 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12768 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12769 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12770 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12771 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12772 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12773 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12774 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12776 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12780 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12781 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12782 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12783 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12784 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12788 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12789 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12790 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12791 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12792 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12800 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12809 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12810 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12811 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12813 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12821 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12822 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12823 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12825 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12828 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12829 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12830 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12831 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12832 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12833 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12835 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12836 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12838 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12839 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12841 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12842 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12845 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12856 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12867 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12868 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14263 36003))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12871 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12872 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12873 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12874 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12876 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12877 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12882 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12883 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12884 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12886 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12887 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12888 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12889 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12891 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12892 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12894 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12896 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12897 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12902 ;;;;;; (14302 8279))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12911 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12912 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12914 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12921 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12925 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12930 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12938 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12942 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12944 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12949 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12950 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12952 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12954 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12955 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12959 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12962 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12966 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12967 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12975 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12976 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12988 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12990 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12991 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12992 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12994 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12996 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12997 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12999 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13000 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13002 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13005 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13006 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13014 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-pre-write-conversion thai-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13024 ;;;;;; (13969 36846))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13027 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13030 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13031 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13032 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13033 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13035 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13036 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13038 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13041 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043 (autoload (quote thai-pre-write-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13045 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 ;;;### (autoloads (thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13048 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (13916 30234))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13049 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13052 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13054 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13055 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13056 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13057 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13058 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13060 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13061 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13070 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13072 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13073 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13075 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13077 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13078 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-compose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13079 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-composition tibetan-compose-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080 ;;;;;; tibetan-vertical-stacking tibetan-complete-char-examin tibetan-composable-examin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-examin tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13082 ;;;;;; setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13083 ;;;;;; (13994 41130))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13084 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13086 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13088 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13089 Return a transcription string of Tibetan character CH" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13091 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13092 Translate Roman transcription into a sequence of Tibetan components." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13094 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13095 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13096 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13098 (autoload (quote tibetan-composable-examin) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13099 Check if Tibetan char CH is composable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13100 Returns t if CH is a composable char (i.e. neither punctuation nor digit)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13102 (autoload (quote tibetan-complete-char-examin) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13103 Check if composite char CH contains one or more vowel/vowel modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13104 Returns non-nil, if CH contains vowel/vowel modifiers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13106 (autoload (quote tibetan-vertical-stacking) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13107 Return a vertically stacked composite char consisting of FIRST and SECOND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13108 If UPWARD is non-nil, then SECOND is put above FIRST." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13110 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13111 Compose a sequence of Tibetan character components into a composite character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13112 Returns a string containing a composite character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13114 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13115 Interface to quail input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13116 Takes two arguments: char PC and string KEY, where PC is the preceding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13117 character to be composed with current input KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13118 Returns a string which is the result of composition." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13120 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13121 Decompose Tibetan characters in the region BEG END into their components.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13122 Components are: base and subjoined consonants, vowel signs, vowel modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123 One column punctuations are converted to their 2 column equivalents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13126 Make composite chars from Tibetan character components in the region BEG END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127 Two column punctuations are converted to their 1 column equivalents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131 See also docstring of the function tibetan-decompose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13137 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13143 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13144 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14321 15854))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13147 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13148 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13150 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13151
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13152 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13153
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13154 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13155
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13162 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13166 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13167 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13168 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13175 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13178 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13182 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13193 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13194 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13195 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13196 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13204 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13205 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13206 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13207 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13209 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13231 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13243 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13245 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13247 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13248 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13250 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13251 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13252 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13253 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13256 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13263 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13277 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13281 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13282 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (13700 6780))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13295 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13315 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13316 ;;;;;; (14268 20081))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13320 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13322
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13323 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13324 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13326 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13327
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13328 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13329
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13330 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13331
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13332 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13333
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13334 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13335 ;;;;;; 63726))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13348 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13362 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13368 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13369 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13374 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13385 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13386 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13387 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13400 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13421 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13434 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13435 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13441 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13444 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13447 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13500 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13508 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13529 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13530 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13531 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13533 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13534 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13536 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13537 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13538 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13540 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13547 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13570 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13571 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13572 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13583 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13584 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13591 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13607 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13608 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (13475 35727))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13609 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13623 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13639 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (13324 18702))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644 This function has a choice of three things to do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645 do (signal 'buffer-file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13658 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13661 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13665 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
13668 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14344
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
13669 ;;;;;; 1029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13676 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13677 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13680 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13686 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13687 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13688 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13690 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13691 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13692 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13693 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13695 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13696 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13697 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13698 it will operate on the file in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13699 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13700 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13701 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13702 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13703 lock steals will raise an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13704 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13706 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13707 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13708 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13709 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13710 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13711 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13712 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13713 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13714 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13715 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13716 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13717 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13718 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13719 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13720 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13723 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13724 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13733 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13734 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13736 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13737 Display diffs between file versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13738 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13739 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13744 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13753 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13759 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13761 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13762 Make a snapshot called NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13763 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13764 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13765 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13767 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13768 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13771 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13778 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13787 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13795 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13798 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13805 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806 default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13808 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13809 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13814 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13818 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13820 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13821 ;;;;;; (14177 58116))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13828 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13830 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13834 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13839 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13843 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13845 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13846 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13847 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13848 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13854 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13856 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13859 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13877 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13906 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13911 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13916 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13917 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13918 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13923 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13928 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13929 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13930 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13936 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13939 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13941 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13942 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13943 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13944 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13945 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13947 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13948 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13965 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13978 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13979 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13980 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13982 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13983 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13984 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13986 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13987 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13988 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13989 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13990 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13991 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13992 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13993 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13995 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13996 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13997 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13998 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13999 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14000 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14002 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14003 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14004 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14005 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14006 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14008 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14009 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14010 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14011 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14012 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14014 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14015 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14016 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14018 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14019 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14020 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14022 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14023 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14024 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14026 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14027 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14028 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14030 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14031 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14032 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14034 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14035 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14036 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14037 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14038 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14039 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14040 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14042 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14043 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14044 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14045 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14046 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14048 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14049 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14050 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14051 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14053 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14054 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14057 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14058 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14060 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14061 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14063 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14065 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14066 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14067 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14068 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14070 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14071 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14072 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14075 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14076 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14078 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14079 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14080 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14081 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14082 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14083 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14086 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14087 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14089 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14090 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14092 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14094 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14095
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14096 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14099 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14100 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14101 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14102 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14104 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14105 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14106 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14107 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14108 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14110 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14111 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14112
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14113 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14115 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14116 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14117 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14118 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14119 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14121 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14122 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14123 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14124 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14125 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14126 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14127 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14128 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14129 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14130 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14132 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14133 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14134 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14135 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14136 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14137 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14138 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14139 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14140 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14149 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14159 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14181 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14182 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14183 ;;;;;; 21984))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14204 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14205 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14221 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14236 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14237 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14239 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14240 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14241 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14242 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14243 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14244 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14245 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14248 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14252 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14258 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14266 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14267 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14269 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14270 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14271 With arg, turn View mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14273 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14274 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14275 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14276 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14277 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14278 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14279 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14280 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14281 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14282 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14284 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14285 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14286 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14287 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14288 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14289 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14290 SPC scroll forward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14291 DEL scroll backward prefix (default \"page size\") lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14292 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14293 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] except prefix sets \"page size\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14294 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14295 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward (and if prefix set) \"half page size\" lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14296 RET, LFD scroll forward prefix (default one) line(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14297 y scroll backward prefix (default one) line(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14298 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14299 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14300 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14301 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14302 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14303 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14304 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14305 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14306 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14307 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14308 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14309 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14310 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14311 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14312 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14313 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14314 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14315 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14316 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14317 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14318 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14319 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14320 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14321 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14322 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14323 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14324 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14325 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14326 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14328 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14329 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\\[view-file],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14330 \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14331 current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14332 View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14333 View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[view-leave] , \\[view-quit] and \\[view-kill-and-leave] will return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14334 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14335
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14336 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14338 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14339 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14340 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14341 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14342 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14343 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14344 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14346 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14347 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14348 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14349 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14350 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14351 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14352 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14353 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14354 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14355 4) quit-window Do quit-window in WINDOW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14357 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14359 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14361 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14362 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14364 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14365
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14366 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14369 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14370 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14372 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14375 ;;;;;; (13691 18367))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14378 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14379 Toggle Viper on/off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14380 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14382 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14383 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14385 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14386
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "webjump.el" (14223 54012))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14388 ;;; Generated autoloads from webjump.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14390 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14391 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14393 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14394 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14396 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14397 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14401 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14402 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14408 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14410 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14414 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14416 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14417 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14418 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14419 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14421 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14422 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14426 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14427 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14428 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14304 12245))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14430
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14431 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14432 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14433
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14434 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14435 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14436 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14437 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14438 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14439
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14440 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14441 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14442 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14443 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14444
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14445 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14446 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14447
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14448 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14449 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14450
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14451 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14452 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14453
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14454 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14455 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14456
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14457 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14458 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14459
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14460 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14461 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14462
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14463 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14464 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14465 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14466 replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14467 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14468 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14469
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14470 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14471
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14472 Modeline will show a W:<x> to denote a particular type of whitespace, where
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14473 `x' can be one (or more) of:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14474
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14475 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14476 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14477 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14478 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14479 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14480
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14481 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14482 Woff:<x>, where `x' can be one (or more) of the above.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14483
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14484 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14485 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14486 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14487 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14488
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14489 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14490 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14491 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14492
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14493 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14494 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14495 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14496 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14497 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14498 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14499 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14500 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14501
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14502 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14503 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14504
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14505 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14506 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14507 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14508
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14509 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14510
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14512 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14516 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14518 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14519 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14521 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14522 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14524 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14525 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14526 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14528 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14531 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14301 537))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14534 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14535 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14536 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14538 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14539 Create widget of TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14540 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14542 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14543 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14545 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14547 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14548 ;;;;;; (14304 12320))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14549 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14551 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14552 Toggle winner-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14554 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14560 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14561 Toggle Winner mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14562 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14564 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14566 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14567 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14570 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14571 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14573 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14576 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14580 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14581 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14583 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14585 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14586 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14587 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14588 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14589 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14590 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14591 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14592 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14593 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14594 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14595 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14596 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14597 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14598 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14599 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14600 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14601 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14602 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14603 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14604 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14605 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14606 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14607 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14609 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14610 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14611 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14612 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14613 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14614 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14615 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14616 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14617 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14618 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14619 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14620 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14621 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14622 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14623 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14624 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14625 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14626 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14627 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14628 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14629 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14630 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14631 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14632 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14633 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14634 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14635 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14636 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14638 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14639 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14640 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14641 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14642 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14643 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14644 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14645 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14646 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14647 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14648 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14649 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14651 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14652 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14653 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14654 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14655 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14656 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14657 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14658 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14659 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14660 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14661 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14662 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14663 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14664 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14665 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14666 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14667 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14668 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14669 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14670 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14671 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14672 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14673 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14674 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14676 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14678 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (13929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14679 ;;;;;; 31262))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14680 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14682 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14683 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14684 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14686 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14688 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14690 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14691 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14694 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14695 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14697 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14698 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14700 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14701 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14702 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14704 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14705 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14707 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14709 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14710 ;;;;;; "zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14711 ;;; Generated autoloads from zone-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14713 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14714 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14715
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14716 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14717 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14718
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14719 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14720
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14721 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14722 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14723
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14724 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14726 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14728 ;;; Don't make backup versions of this file - most of it is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14729 ;;; automatically by autoload.el, and what isn't changes rarely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14730 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14731 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14732 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14733 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14734 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14735 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here